Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
305 *
306 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
307 *
308 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
309 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
311 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
313 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
314 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
316 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
317 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
318 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
319 * compatibility only.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
321 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
325 *
326 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
327 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
328 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
330 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
332 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
334 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
335 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
338 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
339 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
340 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
341 *
342 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
343 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
346 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
347 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
348 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
349 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
350 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
351 *
352 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
354 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
355 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
356 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
359 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
360 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
361 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
362 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
363 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
364 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
366 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
367 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
368 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
369 * attributes determining channel width.
370 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
371 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
372 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
373 *
374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
377 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
378 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
379 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
381 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
382 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
383 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
384 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
385 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
386 * frame).
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
389 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
392 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
394 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
398 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
400 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
401 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
402 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
403 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
407 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
408 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
409 * global regdomain will be returned.
410 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
411 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
412 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
413 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
414 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
415 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
416 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
417 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
418 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
420 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
421 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
422 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
423 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
424 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
425 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
426 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
427 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
429 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
430 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
431 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
432 *
433 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
434 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
435 *
436 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
437 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
438 *
439 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
440 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
441 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
442 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
443 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
444 * added to all specified management frames generated by
445 * kernel/firmware/driver.
446 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
447 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
448 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
449 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
450 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
451 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
452 *
453 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
454 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
456 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
457 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
458 * be used.
459 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
460 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
461 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
462 * partial scan results may be available
463 *
464 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
465 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
466 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
467 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
468 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
469 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
470 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
471 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
472 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
473 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
474 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
475 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
476 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
477 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
478 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
479 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
480 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
481 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
482 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
483 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
484 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
485 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
487 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
488 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
489 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
491 * results available.
492 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
493 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
494 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
495 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
496 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
497 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
498 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
499 *
500 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
501 * or noise level
502 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
503 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
504 *
505 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
506 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
507 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
508 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
509 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
510 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
511 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
512 * ESS.
513 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
514 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
515 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
516 * authentication.
517 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
518 *
519 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
520 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
521 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
522 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
523 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
524 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
525 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
526 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
527 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
528 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
529 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
530 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
531 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
532 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
533 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
534 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
535 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
536 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
537 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
538 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
539 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
540 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
541 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
542 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
543 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
544 * the beacon hint was processed.
545 *
546 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
547 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
548 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
549 * authentication process.
550 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
551 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
552 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
553 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
554 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
556 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
557 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
558 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
559 * to the frame.
560 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
561 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
562 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
563 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
564 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
565 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
566 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
567 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
568 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
569 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
570 * pending authentication timed out).
571 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
572 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
573 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
574 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
575 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
576 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
577 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
578 * included).
579 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
580 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
581 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
582 * primitives).
583 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
584 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
585 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
586 *
587 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
588 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
589 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
590 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
591 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
592 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
593 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
594 *
595 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
596 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
597 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
598 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
599 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
600 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
601 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
602 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
603 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
604 * determined by the network interface.
605 *
606 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
607 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
608 * to the driver.
609 *
610 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
611 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
612 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
613 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
614 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
615 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
616 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
617 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
618 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
619 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
620 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
621 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
622 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
623 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
624 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
625 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
626 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
627 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
628 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
629 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
630 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
631 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
632 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
633 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
634 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
635 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
636 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
637 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
638 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
639 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
640 * a different BSS is desired.
641 * Background scan period can optionally be
642 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
643 * if not specified default background scan configuration
644 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
645 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
646 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
647 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
648 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
649 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
650 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
651 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
652 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
653 * well to remain backwards compatible.
654 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
655 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
656 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
657 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
658 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
659 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
660 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
661 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
662 *
663 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
664 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
665 *
666 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
667 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
668 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
669 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
671 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
672 * frequency for the operation.
673 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
674 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
675 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
676 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
677 * radio).
678 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
679 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
680 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
681 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
682 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
683 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
684 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
685 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
686 * uniquely identify the request.
687 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
688 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
689 *
690 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
691 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
692 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
693 *
694 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
695 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
696 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
697 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
698 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
699 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
700 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
701 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
702 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
703 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
704 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
705 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
706 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
707 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
708 * backward compatibility
709 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
710 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
711 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
712 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
713 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
714 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
715 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
716 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
717 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
718 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
719 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
720 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
721 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
722 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
723 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
724 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
725 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
726 * is used during CSA period.
727 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
728 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
729 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
730 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
731 * wait time.
732 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
733 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
734 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
735 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
736 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
737 * the frame.
738 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
739 * backward compatibility.
740 *
741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
742 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
743 *
744 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
745 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
746 * levels.
747 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
748 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
749 * reached.
750 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
751 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
752 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
753 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
754 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
755 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
756 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
757 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
758 * precedence when they are used.
759 *
760 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
761 * (no longer supported).
762 *
763 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
764 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
765 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
766 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
767 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
768 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
769 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
770 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
771 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
772 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
773 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
774 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
775 * command, the feature is disabled.
776 *
777 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
778 * mesh config parameters may be given.
779 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
780 * network is determined by the network interface.
781 *
782 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
783 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
784 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
785 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
786 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
787 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
788 *
789 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
790 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
791 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
792 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
793 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
794 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
795 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
796 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
797 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
798 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
799 * depending on the authentication result.
800 *
801 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
802 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
803 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
804 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
805 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
806 * more background information, see
807 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
808 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
809 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
810 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
811 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
812 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
813 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
814 *
815 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
816 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
817 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
818 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
819 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
820 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
821 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
822 *
823 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
824 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
825 *
826 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
827 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
828 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
829 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
830 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
831 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
832 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
833 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
834 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
835 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
836 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
837 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
838 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
839 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
840 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
841 *
842 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
843 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
844 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
845 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
846 * is received.
847 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
848 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
849 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
850 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
851 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
852 *
853 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
854 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
855 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
856 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
857 *
858 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
859 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
860 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
861 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
862 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
863 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
864 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
865 *
866 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
867 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
868 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
869 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
870 *
871 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
872 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
873 *
874 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
875 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
876 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
877 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
878 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
879 * from the remote AP) is completed;
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
882 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
883 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
884 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
885 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
886 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
887 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
888 * interfaces to change channel as well.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
891 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
892 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
893 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
894 * public action frame TX.
895 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
896 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
897 *
898 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
899 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
900 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
901 * is used for this.
902 *
903 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
904 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
907 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
908 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
909 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
910 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
911 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
912 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
913 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
914 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
915 *
916 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
917 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
918 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
919 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
920 * while operating on this channel.
921 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
922 * event.
923 *
924 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
925 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
926 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
927 *
928 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
929 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
932 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
933 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
934 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
935 *
936 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
937 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
938 * complete.
939 *
940 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
941 * return back to normal.
942 *
943 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
944 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
945 *
946 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
947 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
948 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
949 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
950 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
951 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
952 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
953 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
954 * switch is complete.
955 *
956 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
957 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
958 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
959 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
960 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
961 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
962 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
963 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
964 *
965 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
966 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
967 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
968 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
969 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
970 *
971 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
972 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
974 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
975 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
976 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
977 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
978 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
979 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
980 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
981 * fail even if the check was successful.
982 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
983 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
984 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
985 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
986 *
987 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
988 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
989 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
990 *
991 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
992 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
993 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
994 * network is determined by the network interface.
995 *
996 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
997 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
998 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
999 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1000 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1001 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1002 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1003 * AP.
1004 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1005 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1006 * when this command completes.
1007 *
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1009 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1010 * management.
1011 *
1012 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1013 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1014 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1015 *
1016 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1017 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1018 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1019 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1020 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1021 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1023 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1024 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1025 * added.
1026 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1027 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1028 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1029 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1030 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1031 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1032 * of the function upon success.
1033 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1034 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1035 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1036 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1037 * which just terminated.
1038 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1039 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1040 * the response to this command.
1041 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1042 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1043 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1044 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1045 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1046 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1047 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1048 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1049 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1051 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1052 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1053 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1054 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1055 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1056 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1057 *
1058 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1059 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1060 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1061 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1062 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1063 *
1064 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1065 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1066 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1067 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1069 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1070 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1072 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1073 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1074 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1075 * should be indicated instead.
1076 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1077 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1078 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1079 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1080 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1081 * 802.11 headers.
1082 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1084 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1085 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1086 *
1087 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1088 *
1089 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1090 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1091 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1092 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1093 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1094 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1095 *
1096 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1097 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1098 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1099 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1100 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1101 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1102 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1103 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1104 * command interface.
1105 *
1106 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1107 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1108 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1109 *
1110 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1111 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1113 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1114 *
1115 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1116 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1119 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1121 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1122 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1123 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1124 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1125 * the netlink extended ack message.
1126 *
1127 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1128 *
1129 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1130 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1131 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1132 * buffer size.
1133 *
1134 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1135 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1136 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1137 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1138 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1139 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1140 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1141 *
1142 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1143 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1144 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1145 * determining the width and type.
1146 *
1147 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1148 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1149 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1150 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1151 *
1152 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1153 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1154 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1155 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1156 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1157 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1158 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1159 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1160 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1161 * rate selection.
1162 *
1163 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1164 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1165 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1166 *
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1168 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1169 *
1170 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1171 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1172 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1173 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1174 *
1175 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1176 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1178 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1179 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1180 *
1181 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1182 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1183 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1184 *
1185 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1186 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1187 */
1188enum nl80211_commands {
1189/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1190 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1191
1192 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1193 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1194 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1195 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1196
1197 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1198 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1199 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1200 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1201
1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1204 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1206
1207 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1209 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1210 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1211 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1212 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1213
1214 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1215 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1216 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1217 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1218
1219 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1220 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1221 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1222 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1223
1224 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1225
1226 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1227 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1228
1229 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1230 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1231
1232 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1233
1234 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1235
1236 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1237 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1238 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1239 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1240
1241 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1242
1243 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1244 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1245 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1246 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1247
1248 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1249
1250 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1251
1252 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1253 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1254
1255 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1256
1257 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1258 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1259 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1260
1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1262
1263 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1264 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1265
1266 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1268 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1269
1270 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1271 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1272
1273 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1274
1275 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1276 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1277 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1278 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1279 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1280 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1281
1282 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1283 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1284
1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1286 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1287
1288 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1289 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1290
1291 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1292
1293 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1294 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1295
1296 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1297 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1298
1299 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1300
1301 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1302 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1303
1304 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1305 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1306 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1307 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1308
1309 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1310
1311 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1312
1313 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1314 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1315
1316 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1317
1318 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1319
1320 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1321
1322 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1323
1324 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1325
1326 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1327
1328 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1329 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1330
1331 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1332
1333 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1334
1335 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1336
1337 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1338
1339 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1340
1341 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1342 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1343
1344 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1345 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1346
1347 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1348 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1349
1350 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1351
1352 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1353
1354 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1355
1356 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1357 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1358
1359 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1360
1361 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1362 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1363
1364 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1365
1366 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1367 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1368
1369 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1370
1371 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1372
1373 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1374 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1375 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1376 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1377 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1378 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1379
1380 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1381
1382 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1383
1384 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1385 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1386
1387 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1388
1389 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1390
1391 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1392
1393 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1394
1395 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1396
1397 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1398
1399 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1400 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1401 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1402
1403 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1404
1405 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1406
1407 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1408
1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1410
1411 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1412
1413 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1414
1415 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1416
1417 /* add new commands above here */
1418
1419 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1420 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1421 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1422};
1423
1424/*
1425 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1426 * here
1427 */
1428#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1429#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1430#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1431#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1432#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1433#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1434#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1435#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1436
1437#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1438
1439/* source-level API compatibility */
1440#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1441#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1442#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1443
1444/**
1445 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1446 *
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1448 *
1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1450 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1454 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1455 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1456 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1457 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1459 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1460 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1462 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1463 * operating channel center frequency.
1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1465 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1467 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1468 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1469 * this attribute)
1470 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1471 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1472 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1473 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1475 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1476 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1478 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1479 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1481 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1482 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1484 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1485 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1487 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1492 *
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1494 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1495 *
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1497 *
1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1499 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1500 * keys
1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1503 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1504 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1505 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1508 * default management key
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1510 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1512 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1513 *
1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1518 *
1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1521 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1523 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1525 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1526 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1528 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1530 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1531 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1532 *
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1534 * consisting of a nested array.
1535 *
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1538 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1541 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1542 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1543 *
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1545 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1546 *
1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1548 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1549 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1550 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1551 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1552 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1553 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1554 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1555 * to a specific alpha2.
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1557 * rules.
1558 *
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1561 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1563 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1565 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1566 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1567 *
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1569 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1572 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1573 * of the interface mode.
1574 *
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1576 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1577 *
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1579 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1582 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1584 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1586 * that can be added to a scan request
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1588 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1590 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1591 *
1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1594 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1596 *
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1598 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1600 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1601 *
1602 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1603 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1604 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1605 *
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1607 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1608 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1611 * represented as a u32
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1613 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1614 *
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1616 * a u32
1617 *
1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1619 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1620 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1621 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1622 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1624 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1625 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1626 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1627 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1628 *
1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1630 * cipher suites
1631 *
1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1633 * for other networks on different channels
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1636 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1637 *
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1639 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1640 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1641 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1642 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1643 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1644 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1645 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1646 *
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1648 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1651 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1652 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1653 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1654 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1655 * default in station mode.
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1657 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1658 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1659 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1660 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1661 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1663 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1664 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1666 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1667 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1668 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1669 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1670 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1671 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1672 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1673 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1674 * frames are not forwared over the control port.
1675 *
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1677 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1680 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1681 * a local disconnect request.
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1683 * event (u16)
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1685 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1686 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1687 *
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1689 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1690 * (an array of u32).
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1692 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1693 * u32).
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1695 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1696 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1698 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1699 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1700 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1701 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1702 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1703 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1704 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1705 *
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1707 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1709 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1710 *
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1712 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1713 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1714 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1715 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1718 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1720 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1721 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1722 *
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1724 *
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1726 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1727 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1728 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1729 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1730 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1731 * completely from scratch.
1732 *
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1734 *
1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1736 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1737 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1738 *
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1741 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1742 *
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1745 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1746 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1747 *
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1749 *
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1751 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1752 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1753 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1754 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1755 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1756 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1757 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1758 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1759 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1760 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1761 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1762 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1763 *
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1765 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1767 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1769 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1770 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1771 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1773 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1774 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1775 *
1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1777 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1778 *
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1780 *
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1782 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1783 *
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1785 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1786 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1787 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1788 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1789 *
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1791 * connected to this BSS.
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1794 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1796 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1797 * for non-automatic settings.
1798 *
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1800 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1803 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1804 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1805 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1806 *
1807 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1808 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1809 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1810 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1811 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1812 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1813 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1814 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1815 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1816 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1817 *
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1819 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1820 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1821 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1822 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1825 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1828 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1831 *
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1833 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1834 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1835 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1836 * nl80211 capability flag.
1837 *
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1839 *
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1841 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1842 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1845 * changed once the mesh is active.
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1847 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1849 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1850 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1852 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1853 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1854 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1857 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1859 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1860 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1861 * triggers.
1862 *
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1864 * cycles, in msecs.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1867 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1868 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1869 * pass-thru filter rules.
1870 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1871 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1872 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1873 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1874 * able to ignore them by itself.
1875 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1876 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1877 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1878 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1879 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1880 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1881 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1882 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
1883 *
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1885 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1886 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1888 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1889 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1890 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1893 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1896 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1897 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1898 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1901 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1902 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1905 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1906 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1907 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1909 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1910 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1911 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1912 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1915 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1917 * as AP.
1918 *
1919 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1920 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1921 *
1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1923 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1924 *
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1926 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1927 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1928 * applications use this attribute.
1929 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1930 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1931 *
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1933 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1934 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1936 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1937 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1938 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1940 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1942 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1943 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1944 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1945 *
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1947 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1948 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1949 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1950 *
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1952 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1953 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1954 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1957 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1959 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1960 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1961 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1962 *
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1964 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1965 * to be filled by the FW.
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1967 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1969 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1970 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1971 * The values that may be configured are:
1972 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1973 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1974 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1975 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1976 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1977 *
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1979 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1980 * to one DFS region.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1983 * up to 16 TIDs.
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1986 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1987 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1988 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1989 * capability to timeout the stations.
1990 *
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1992 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1993 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1996 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1999 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2000 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2001 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2002 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2005 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2006 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2007 *
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2009 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2010 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2011 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2012 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2013 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2014 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2015 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2016 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2017 * consistent.
2018 *
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2020 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2021 *
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2023 *
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2025 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2027 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2028 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2029 * no change is made.
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2032 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2035 * carried in a u32 attribute
2036 *
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2038 * MAC ACL.
2039 *
2040 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2041 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2042 * ACL.
2043 *
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2045 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2046 *
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2048 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2049 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2051 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2052 *
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2054 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2055 *
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2057 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2058 * and PU-APSD.
2059 *
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2061 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2062 *
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2064 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2065 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2066 *
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2070 * Element
2071 *
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2073 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2075 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2076 *
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2078 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2079 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2080 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2081 *
2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2083 *
2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2085 * until the channel switch event.
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2087 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2088 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2089 * was requested by the AP.
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2091 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2093 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2094 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2095 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2096 *
2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2098 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2099 *
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2101 *
2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2103 * operating classes.
2104 *
2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2106 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2107 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2108 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2109 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2110 * IBSS network.
2111 *
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2113 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2115 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2116 *
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2118 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2119 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2120 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2121 * u8 attribute.
2122 *
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2124 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2127 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2129 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2130 *
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2132 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2133 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2134 *
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2137 *
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2139 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2140 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2141 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2142 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2143 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2144 *
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2146 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2148 * supported number of csa counters.
2149 *
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2151 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2152 *
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2154 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2155 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2156 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2157 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2158 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2159 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2160 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2161 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2162 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2163 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2164 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2165 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2166 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2167 * multicast group.
2168 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2169 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2170 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2171 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2172 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2173 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2174 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2175 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2176 *
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2178 * the TDLS link initiator.
2179 *
2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2181 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2182 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2183 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2184 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2185 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2186 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2187 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2188 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2189 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2190 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2191 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2194 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2195 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2196 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2197 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2198 *
2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2202 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2203 *
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2205 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2206 *
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2210 *
2211 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2212 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2213 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2214 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2215 *
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2217 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2218 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2219 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2220 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2221 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2222 *
2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2224 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2225 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2226 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2227 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2228 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2229 * over all channels.
2230 *
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2232 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2233 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2234 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2235
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2237 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2238 *
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2240 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2242 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2244 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2246 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2247 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2248 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2249 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2250 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2252 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2253 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2254 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2256 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2257 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2258 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2259 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2260 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2261 *
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2263 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2264 *
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2266 *
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2269 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2270 * interface type.
2271 *
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2273 * groupID for monitor mode.
2274 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2275 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2276 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2277 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2278 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2279 * each group.
2280 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2281 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2282 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2283 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2284 * groupID data.
2285 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2287 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2288 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2289 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2290 *
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2292 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2293 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2294 * attribute must not be included).
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2296 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2298 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2299 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2300 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2301 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2303 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2304 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2305 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2306 *
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2308 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2309 *
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2311 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2312 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2313 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2314 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2316 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2317 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2318 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2319 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2320 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2321 * the device will decide what to use.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2323 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2324 * attribute.
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2326 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2327 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2328 * protection.
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2330 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2331 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2332 *
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2334 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2335 *
2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2337 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2338 *
2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2340 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2341 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2342 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2343 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2344 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2345 * unnecessary wakeups.
2346 *
2347 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2348 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2349 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2350 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2351 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2352 *
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2354 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2355 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2356 *
2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2358 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2359 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2360 *
2361 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2362 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2363 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2364 *
2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2366 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2367 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2368 *
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2370 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2371 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2372 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2373 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2374 *
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2376 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2377 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2378 *
2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2380 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2381 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2382 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2383 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2384 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2385 * is included as well.
2386 *
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2388 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2390 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2391 *
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2393 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2394 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2397 *
2398 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2399 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2400 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2401 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2402 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2403 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2404 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2405 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2406 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2407 *
2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2409 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2410 *
2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2412 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2414 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2416 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2417 * enforced.
2418 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2419 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2421 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2422 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2423 *
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2425 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2426 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2427 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2428 *
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2430 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2431 *
2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2433 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2434 * invalid value.
2435 *
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2437 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2438 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2439 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2440 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2441 *
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2443 * scheduler.
2444 *
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2446 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2447 * possible values.
2448 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2449 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2450 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2451 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2452 * or per-station.
2453 *
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2455 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2456 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2457 *
2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2459 *
2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2461 * functionality.
2462 *
2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2464 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2465 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2467 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2468 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2469 *
2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2471 * (u16).
2472 *
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2474 *
2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2476 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2477 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2478 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2479 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2480 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2481 *
2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2483 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2484 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2485 * attributes.
2486 *
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2488 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2489 *
2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2491 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2492 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2493 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2494 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2495 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2496 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2497 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2498 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2499 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2500 *
2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2502 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2503 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2504 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2505 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2506 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2507 * has expired.
2508 *
2509 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2510 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2511 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2512 * disassociation is still forced.
2513 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2514 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2516 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2517 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2519 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2520 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2521 *
2522 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2523 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2524 *
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2526 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2527 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2528 *
2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2530 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2531 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2532 *
2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2534 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2535 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2536 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2537 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2538 *
2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2540 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2541 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2542 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2543 *
2544 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2545 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2546 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2547 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2548 *
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2550 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2551 * is desired.
2552 *
2553 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2555 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2556 */
2557enum nl80211_attrs {
2558/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2559 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2563
2564 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2566 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2567
2568 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2569
2570 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2572 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2573 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2574 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2575
2576 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2577 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2578 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2579 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2580
2581 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2582 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2583 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2584 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2585 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2586 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2587
2588 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2589
2590 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2591
2592 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2593 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2594 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2596
2597 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2598 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2599 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2600
2601 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2602
2603 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2604
2605 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2606 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2607
2608 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2609
2610 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2611
2612 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2614 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2615
2616 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2617
2618 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2619 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2620
2621 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2622
2623 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2624 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2625 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2626 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2630
2631 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2632
2633 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2634 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2635 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2636 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2639
2640 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2642
2643 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2644 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2645
2646 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2647
2648
2649 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2650 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2651 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2652 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2653
2654 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2655
2656 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2657
2658 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2659
2660 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2661
2662 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2663
2664 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2665
2666 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2667 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2668
2669 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2670 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2673
2674 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2675 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2676
2677 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2678
2679 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2680 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2681
2682 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2683
2684 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2685
2686 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2687
2688 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2689 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2690
2691 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2692
2693 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2694
2695 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2696
2697 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2698
2699 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2700
2701 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2702
2703 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2704
2705 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2706
2707 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2708
2709 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2710
2711 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2712 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2713
2714 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2715 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2716 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2717
2718 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2719 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2720
2721 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2722
2723 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2724 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2725
2726 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2727
2728 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2729
2730 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2731
2732 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2733
2734 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2735
2736 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2737
2738 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2739 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2740
2741 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2742 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2743
2744 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2745 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2746
2747 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2748
2749 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2750 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2751
2752 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2755 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2756
2757 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2758
2759 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2760
2761 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2762 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2763
2764 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2765 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2766
2767 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2768
2769 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2770 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2771
2772 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2773
2774 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2775
2776 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2777 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2778 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2779 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2780 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2781
2782 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2783
2784 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2785
2786 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2787
2788 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2789
2790 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2791
2792 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2793
2794 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2795 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2796
2797 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2798
2799 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2800
2801 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2802
2803 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2804
2805 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2806
2807 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2808
2809 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2810
2811 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2812
2813 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2814
2815 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2816
2817 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2818 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2819 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2820
2821 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2822 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2823
2824 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2825
2826 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2827
2828 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2829
2830 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2831
2832 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2833
2834 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2835 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2836
2837 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2839
2840 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2841 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2842
2843 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2844 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2845
2846 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2847 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2848
2849 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2850 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2851
2852 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2853
2854 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2855
2856 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2857 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2858 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2859 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2860 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2861
2862 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2863
2864 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2865
2866 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2867
2868 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2869
2870 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2871 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2872
2873 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2874
2875 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2876 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2877 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2878 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2879
2880 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2881
2882 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2884
2885 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2886
2887 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2888
2889 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2890
2891 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2893
2894 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2895
2896 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2897
2898 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2899
2900 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2901 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2903
2904 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2905
2906 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2907
2908 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2909
2910 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2911
2912 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2913
2914 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2915
2916 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2917
2918 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2919
2920 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2921
2922 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2923 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2924 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2925 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2926
2927 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2928
2929 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2930
2931 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2932
2933 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2934
2935 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2936
2937 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2938 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2939
2940 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2941 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2942 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2944
2945 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2946
2947 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2948 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2949 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2951
2952 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2953 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2954
2955 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2956
2957 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2958
2959 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2960 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2961
2962 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2963
2964 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2966 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2968 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2969
2970 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2971
2972 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2974
2975 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2978
2979 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2980 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2981
2982 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2984
2985 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2986
2987 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2989 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2991
2992 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2993
2994 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2995
2996 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2997
2998 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2999
3000 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3001
3002 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3003 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3004 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3005
3006 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3007
3008 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3009
3010 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3011
3012 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3013 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3014
3015 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3016
3017 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3018
3019 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3020
3021 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3022
3023 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3024
3025 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3026 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3027
3028 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3030 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3031 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3032
3033 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3034
3035 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3036
3037 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3038
3039 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3040 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3041
3042 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3043
3044 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3045
3046 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3047
3048 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3049
3050 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3051 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3052 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3053};
3054
3055/* source-level API compatibility */
3056#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3057#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3058#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3059#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3060#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3061#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3062
3063/*
3064 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3065 * here
3066 */
3067#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3068#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3069#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3070#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3071#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3072#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3073#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3074#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3075#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3076#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3077#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3078#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3079#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3080#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3081#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3082#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3083#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3084#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3085#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3086#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3087#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3088
3089#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3090
3091#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3092#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3093#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3094#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3095#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3096#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3097#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3098#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3099#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3100#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3101#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3102#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3103
3104#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3105
3106/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3107#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3108
3109#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3110
3111/**
3112 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3113 *
3114 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3115 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3116 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3117 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3118 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3119 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3120 * AP type interface.
3121 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3122 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3123 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3124 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3125 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3126 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3127 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3128 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3129 * commands to create and destroy one
3130 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3131 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3132 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3133 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3134 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3135 *
3136 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3137 * to set the type of an interface.
3138 *
3139 */
3140enum nl80211_iftype {
3141 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3142 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3143 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3144 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3145 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3146 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3147 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3148 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3149 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3150 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3151 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3152 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3153 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3154
3155 /* keep last */
3156 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3157 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3158};
3159
3160/**
3161 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3162 *
3163 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3164 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3165 *
3166 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3167 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3168 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3169 * with short barker preamble
3170 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3171 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3172 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3173 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3174 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3175 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3176 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3177 * as errors.)
3178 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3179 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3180 * previously added station into associated state
3181 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3182 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3183 */
3184enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3185 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3186 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3187 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3188 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3189 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3190 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3191 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3192 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3193
3194 /* keep last */
3195 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3196 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3197};
3198
3199/**
3200 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3201 *
3202 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3203 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3204 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3205 */
3206enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3207 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3208 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3209
3210 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3211};
3212
3213#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3214
3215/**
3216 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3217 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3218 * @set: which values to set them to
3219 *
3220 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3221 */
3222struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3223 __u32 mask;
3224 __u32 set;
3225} __attribute__((packed));
3226
3227/**
3228 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3229 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3230 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3231 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3232 */
3233enum nl80211_he_gi {
3234 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3235 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3236 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3237};
3238
3239/**
3240 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3241 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3242 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3243 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3244 */
3245enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3246 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3247 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3248 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3249};
3250
3251/**
3252 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3253 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3254 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3255 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3256 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3257 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3258 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3259 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3260 */
3261enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3262 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3263 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3264 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3265 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3266 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3267 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3268 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3269};
3270
3271/**
3272 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3273 *
3274 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3275 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3276 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3277 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3278 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3279 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3280 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3281 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3282 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3283 *
3284 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3285 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3286 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3287 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3288 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3289 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3290 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3291 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3292 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3293 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3294 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3295 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3296 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3297 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3298 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3299 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3300 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3301 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3302 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3303 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3304 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3305 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3306 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3307 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3308 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3309 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3310 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3311 */
3312enum nl80211_rate_info {
3313 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3314 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3315 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3316 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3317 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3318 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3319 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3320 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3321 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3322 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3323 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3324 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3325 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3326 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3327 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3328 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3329 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3330 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3331
3332 /* keep last */
3333 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3334 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3335};
3336
3337/**
3338 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3339 *
3340 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3341 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3342 *
3343 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3344 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3345 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3346 * (flag)
3347 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3348 * (flag)
3349 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3350 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3351 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3352 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3353 */
3354enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3355 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3356 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3357 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3358 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3359 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3360 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3361
3362 /* keep last */
3363 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3364 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3365};
3366
3367/**
3368 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3369 *
3370 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3371 * when getting information about a station.
3372 *
3373 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3375 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3376 * (u32, from this station)
3377 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3378 * (u32, to this station)
3379 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3380 * (u64, from this station)
3381 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3382 * (u64, to this station)
3383 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3384 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3385 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3386 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3387 * (u32, from this station)
3388 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3389 * (u32, to this station)
3390 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3391 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3392 * (u32, to this station)
3393 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3394 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3395 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3396 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3397 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3398 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3399 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3400 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3401 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3402 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3403 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3404 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3405 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3406 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3407 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3408 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3409 * non-peer STA
3410 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3411 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3412 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3413 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3414 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3415 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3416 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3417 * (u64)
3418 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3419 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3420 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3421 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3422 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3423 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3424 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3425 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3426 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3427 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3428 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3429 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3430 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3431 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3432 * (u32, from this station)
3433 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3434 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3435 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3436 * might not be fully accurate.
3437 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3438 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3439 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3440 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3441 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3442 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3443 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3444 * of STA's association
3445 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3446 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3447 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3448 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3449 */
3450enum nl80211_sta_info {
3451 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3452 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3453 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3454 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3455 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3456 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3457 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3458 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3459 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3460 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3461 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3462 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3463 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3464 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3465 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3466 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3467 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3468 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3469 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3470 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3471 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3472 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3473 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3474 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3475 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3476 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3477 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3478 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3479 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3480 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3481 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3482 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3483 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3484 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3485 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3486 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3487 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3488 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3489 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3490 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3491 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3492 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3493 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3494 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3495
3496 /* keep last */
3497 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3498 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3499};
3500
3501/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3502#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3503
3504
3505/**
3506 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3507 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3508 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3509 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3510 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3511 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3512 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3513 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3514 * MSDUs (u64)
3515 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3516 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3517 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3518 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3519 */
3520enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3521 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3522 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3523 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3524 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3525 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3526 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3527 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3528
3529 /* keep last */
3530 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3531 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3532};
3533
3534/**
3535 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3536 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3537 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3538 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3539 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3540 * backlogged
3541 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3542 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3543 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3544 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3545 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3546 * (only for per-phy stats)
3547 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3548 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3549 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3550 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3551 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3552 */
3553enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3554 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3555 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3556 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3557 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3558 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3559 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3560 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3561 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3562 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3563 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3564 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3565 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3566
3567 /* keep last */
3568 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3569 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3570};
3571
3572/**
3573 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3574 *
3575 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3576 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3577 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3578 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3579 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3580 */
3581enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3582 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3583 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3584 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3585 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3586 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3587};
3588
3589/**
3590 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3591 *
3592 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3593 * information about a mesh path.
3594 *
3595 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3596 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3597 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3598 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3599 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3600 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3601 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3602 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3603 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3604 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3605 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3606 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3607 * currently defined
3608 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3609 */
3610enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3611 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3612 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3613 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3614 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3615 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3616 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3617 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3618 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3619 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3620 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3621
3622 /* keep last */
3623 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3624 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3625};
3626
3627/**
3628 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3629 *
3630 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3631 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3632 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3633 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3634 * capabilities IE
3635 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3636 * capabilities IE
3637 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3638 * capabilities IE
3639 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3640 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3641 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3642 * defined
3643 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3644 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
3645 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3646 */
3647enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3648 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3649
3650 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3651 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3652 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3653 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3654 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3655 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3656
3657 /* keep last */
3658 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3659 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3660};
3661
3662/**
3663 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3664 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3665 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3666 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3667 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3668 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3669 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3670 * defined in 802.11n
3671 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3672 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3673 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3674 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3675 * defined in 802.11ac
3676 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3677 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3678 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3679 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3680 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3681 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3682 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3683 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3684 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3685 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3686 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3687 */
3688enum nl80211_band_attr {
3689 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3690 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3691 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3692
3693 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3694 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3695 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3696 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3697
3698 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3699 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3700 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3701
3702 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3703 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3704
3705 /* keep last */
3706 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3707 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3708};
3709
3710#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3711
3712/**
3713 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3714 *
3715 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3716 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3717 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3718 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3719 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3720 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3721 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3722 */
3723enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3724 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3725 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3726 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3727 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3728 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3729
3730 /* keep last */
3731 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3732 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3733};
3734
3735/**
3736 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3737 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3738 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3739 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3740 * regulatory domain.
3741 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3742 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3743 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3744 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3745 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3746 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3747 * (100 * dBm).
3748 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3749 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3750 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3751 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3752 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3753 * channel as the control channel
3754 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3755 * channel as the control channel
3756 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3757 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3758 * this includes 80+80 channels
3759 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3760 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3761 * isn't possible
3762 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3763 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3764 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3765 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3766 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3767 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3768 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3769 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3770 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3771 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3772 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3773 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3774 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3775 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3776 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3777 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3778 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3779 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3780 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3781 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3782 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3783 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3784 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3785 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3786 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3787 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3788 * in current regulatory domain.
3789 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3790 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3791 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3792 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3793 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3794 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3795 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3796 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3797 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3798 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3799 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3800 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3801 * currently defined
3802 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3803 *
3804 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3805 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3806 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3807 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3808 */
3809enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3810 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3811 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3812 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3813 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3814 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3815 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3816 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3817 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3818 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3819 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3820 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3821 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3822 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3823 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3824 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3825 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3826 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3827 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3828 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3829 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3830 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3831 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3832 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3833 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3834 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3835 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3836
3837 /* keep last */
3838 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3839 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3840};
3841
3842#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3843#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3844#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3845#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3846#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3847 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3848
3849/**
3850 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3851 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3852 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3853 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3854 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3855 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3856 * currently defined
3857 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3858 */
3859enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3860 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3861 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3862 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3863
3864 /* keep last */
3865 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3866 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3867};
3868
3869/**
3870 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3871 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3872 * regulatory domain.
3873 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3874 * regulatory domain.
3875 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3876 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3877 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3878 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3879 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3880 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3881 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3882 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3883 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3884 */
3885enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3886 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3887 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3888 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3889 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3890};
3891
3892/**
3893 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3894 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3895 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3896 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3897 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3898 * domain.
3899 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3900 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3901 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3902 * them to be applied.
3903 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3904 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3905 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3906 * domain request to be processed.
3907 */
3908enum nl80211_reg_type {
3909 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3910 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3911 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3912 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3913};
3914
3915/**
3916 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3917 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3918 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3919 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3920 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3921 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3922 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3923 * band edge.
3924 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3925 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3926 * band edge.
3927 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3928 * frequency range, in KHz.
3929 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3930 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3931 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3932 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3933 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3934 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3935 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3936 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3937 * currently defined
3938 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3939 */
3940enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3941 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3942 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3943
3944 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3945 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3946 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3947
3948 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3949 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3950
3951 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3952
3953 /* keep last */
3954 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3955 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3956};
3957
3958/**
3959 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3960 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3961 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3962 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3963 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3964 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3965 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3966 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3967 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3968 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3969 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3970 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3971 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3972 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3973 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3974 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3975 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3976 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3977 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3978 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3979 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3980 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3981 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3982 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3983 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3984 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3985 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3986 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3987 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3988 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3989 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3990 * attribute number currently defined
3991 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3992 */
3993enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3994 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3995
3996 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3997 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3998 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3999 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4000 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4001 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4002
4003 /* keep last */
4004 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4005 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4006 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4007};
4008
4009/* only for backward compatibility */
4010#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4011
4012/**
4013 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4014 *
4015 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4016 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4017 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4018 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4019 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4020 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4021 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4022 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4023 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4024 * beaconing.
4025 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4026 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4027 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4028 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4029 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4030 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4031 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4032 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4033 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4034 */
4035enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4036 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
4037 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
4038 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
4039 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
4040 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
4041 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
4042 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
4043 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
4044 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
4045 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
4046 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
4047 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
4048 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
4049 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
4050 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
4051 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
4052};
4053
4054#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4055#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4056#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4057#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4058 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4059#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4060
4061/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4062#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4063
4064/**
4065 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4066 *
4067 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4068 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4069 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4070 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4071 */
4072enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4073 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4074 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4075 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4076 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4077};
4078
4079/**
4080 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4081 *
4082 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4083 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4084 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4085 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4086 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4087 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4088 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4089 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4090 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4091 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4092 * supported feature.
4093 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4094 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4095 */
4096enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4097 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4098 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4099 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4100};
4101
4102/**
4103 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4104 *
4105 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4106 * when getting information about a survey.
4107 *
4108 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4109 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4110 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4111 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4112 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4113 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4114 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4115 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4116 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4117 * channel was sensed busy
4118 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4119 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4120 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4121 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4122 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4123 * (on this channel or globally)
4124 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4125 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4126 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4127 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4128 * currently defined
4129 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4130 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4131 */
4132enum nl80211_survey_info {
4133 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4134 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4135 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4136 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4137 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4138 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4139 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4140 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4141 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4142 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4143 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4144 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4145 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4146
4147 /* keep last */
4148 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4149 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4150};
4151
4152/* keep old names for compatibility */
4153#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4154#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4155#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4156#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4157#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4158
4159/**
4160 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4161 *
4162 * Monitor configuration flags.
4163 *
4164 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4165 *
4166 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4167 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4168 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4169 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4170 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4171 * overrides all other flags.
4172 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4173 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4174 *
4175 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4176 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4177 */
4178enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4179 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4180 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4181 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4182 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4183 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4184 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4185 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4186
4187 /* keep last */
4188 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4189 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4190};
4191
4192/**
4193 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4194 *
4195 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4196 * not known or has not been set yet.
4197 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4198 * in Awake state all the time.
4199 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4200 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4201 * neighbor's beacons.
4202 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4203 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4204 * for neighbor's beacons.
4205 *
4206 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4207 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4208 */
4209
4210enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4211 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4212 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4213 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4214 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4215
4216 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4217 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4218};
4219
4220/**
4221 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4222 *
4223 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4224 * active.
4225 *
4226 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4227 *
4228 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4229 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4230 *
4231 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4232 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4233 *
4234 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4235 * millisecond units
4236 *
4237 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4238 * on this mesh interface
4239 *
4240 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4241 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4242 * mesh
4243 *
4244 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4245 * point.
4246 *
4247 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4248 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4249 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4250 * set.
4251 *
4252 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4253 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4254 * target)
4255 *
4256 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4257 * (in milliseconds)
4258 *
4259 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4260 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4261 *
4262 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4263 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4264 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4265 *
4266 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4267 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4268 * reference element
4269 *
4270 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4271 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4272 * mesh
4273 *
4274 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4275 *
4276 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4277 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4278 *
4279 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4280 * root announcements are transmitted.
4281 *
4282 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4283 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4284 * Announcement frames.
4285 *
4286 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4287 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4288 * PERR element.
4289 *
4290 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4291 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4292 *
4293 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4294 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4295 * a peer link.
4296 *
4297 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4298 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4299 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4300 *
4301 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4302 *
4303 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4304 *
4305 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4306 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4307 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4308 *
4309 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4310 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4311 *
4312 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4313 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4314 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4315 *
4316 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4317 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4318 *
4319 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4320 *
4321 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4322 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4323 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4324 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4325 *
4326 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4327 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4328 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4329 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4330 *
4331 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4332 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4333 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4334 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4335 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4336 *
4337 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4338 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4339 * in the mesh formation field.
4340 *
4341 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4342 */
4343enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4344 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4345 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4346 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4347 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4348 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4349 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4350 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4351 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4352 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4353 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4354 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4355 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4356 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4357 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4358 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4359 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4360 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4361 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4362 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4363 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4364 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4365 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4366 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4367 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4368 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4369 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4370 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4371 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4372 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4373 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4374 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4375 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4376
4377 /* keep last */
4378 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4379 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4380};
4381
4382/**
4383 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4384 *
4385 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4386 * changed while the mesh is active.
4387 *
4388 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4389 *
4390 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4391 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4392 * default HWMP.
4393 *
4394 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4395 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4396 * metric.
4397 *
4398 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4399 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4400 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4401 * metrics in use.
4402 *
4403 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4404 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4405 *
4406 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4407 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4408 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4409 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4410 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4411 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4412 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4413 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4414 * userspace daemon.
4415 *
4416 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4417 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4418 * neighbor offset synchronization
4419 *
4420 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4421 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4422 *
4423 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4424 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4425 * Default is no authentication method required.
4426 *
4427 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4428 *
4429 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4430 */
4431enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4432 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4433 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4434 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4435 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4436 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4437 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4438 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4439 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4440 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4441
4442 /* keep last */
4443 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4444 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4445};
4446
4447/**
4448 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4449 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4450 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4451 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4452 * disabled
4453 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4454 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4455 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4456 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4457 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4458 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4459 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4460 */
4461enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4462 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4463 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4464 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4465 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4466 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4467 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4468
4469 /* keep last */
4470 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4471 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4472};
4473
4474enum nl80211_ac {
4475 NL80211_AC_VO,
4476 NL80211_AC_VI,
4477 NL80211_AC_BE,
4478 NL80211_AC_BK,
4479 NL80211_NUM_ACS
4480};
4481
4482/* backward compat */
4483#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4484#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4485#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4486#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4487#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4488
4489/**
4490 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4491 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4492 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4493 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4494 * below the control channel
4495 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4496 * above the control channel
4497 */
4498enum nl80211_channel_type {
4499 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4500 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4501 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4502 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4503};
4504
4505/**
4506 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4507 *
4508 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4509 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4510 *
4511 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4512 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4513 *
4514 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4515 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4516 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4517 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4518 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4519 */
4520enum nl80211_key_mode {
4521 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4522 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4523 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4524};
4525
4526/**
4527 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4528 *
4529 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4530 * attribute.
4531 *
4532 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4533 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4534 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4535 * attribute must be provided as well
4536 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4537 * attribute must be provided as well
4538 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4539 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4540 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4541 * attribute must be provided as well
4542 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4543 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4544 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4545 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4546 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4547 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4548 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4549 */
4550enum nl80211_chan_width {
4551 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4552 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4553 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4554 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4555 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4556 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4557 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4558 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4559 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4560 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4561 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4562 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4563 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4564};
4565
4566/**
4567 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4568 *
4569 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4570 *
4571 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4572 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4573 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4574 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4575 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4576 */
4577enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4578 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4579 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4580 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4581 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4582 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4583};
4584
4585/**
4586 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4587 *
4588 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4589 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4590 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4591 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4592 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4593 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4594 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4595 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4596 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4597 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4598 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4599 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4600 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4601 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4602 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4603 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4604 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4605 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4606 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4607 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4608 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4609 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4610 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4611 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4612 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4613 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4614 * yet been received
4615 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4616 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4617 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4618 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4619 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4620 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4621 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4622 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4623 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4624 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4625 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4626 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4627 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4628 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4629 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4630 * is set.
4631 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4632 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4633 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4634 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4635 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4636 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4637 */
4638enum nl80211_bss {
4639 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4640 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4641 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4642 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4643 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4644 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4645 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4646 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4647 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4648 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4649 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4650 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4651 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4652 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4653 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4654 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4655 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4656 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4657 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4658 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4659 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4660
4661 /* keep last */
4662 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4663 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4664};
4665
4666/**
4667 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4668 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4669 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4670 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4671 * a given BSS.
4672 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4673 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4674 *
4675 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4676 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4677 */
4678enum nl80211_bss_status {
4679 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4680 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4681 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4682};
4683
4684/**
4685 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4686 *
4687 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4688 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4689 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4690 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4691 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4692 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4693 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4694 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4695 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4696 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4697 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4698 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4699 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4700 */
4701enum nl80211_auth_type {
4702 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4703 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4704 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4705 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4706 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4707 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4708 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4709 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4710
4711 /* keep last */
4712 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4713 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4714 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4715};
4716
4717/**
4718 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4719 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4720 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4721 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4722 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4723 */
4724enum nl80211_key_type {
4725 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4726 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4727 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4728
4729 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4730};
4731
4732/**
4733 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4734 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4735 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4736 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4737 */
4738enum nl80211_mfp {
4739 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4740 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4741 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4742};
4743
4744enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4745 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4746 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4747 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4748};
4749
4750/**
4751 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4752 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4753 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4754 * unicast key
4755 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4756 * multicast key
4757 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4758 */
4759enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4760 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4761 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4762 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4763
4764 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4765};
4766
4767/**
4768 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4769 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4770 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4771 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4772 * keys
4773 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4774 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4775 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4776 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4777 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4778 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4779 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4780 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4781 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4782 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4783 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4784 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4785 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4786 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4787 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4788 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4789 *
4790 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4791 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4792 */
4793enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4794 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4795 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4796 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4797 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4798 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4799 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4800 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4801 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4802 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4803 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4804 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4805
4806 /* keep last */
4807 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4808 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4809};
4810
4811/**
4812 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4813 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4814 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4815 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4816 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4817 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4818 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4819 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4820 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4821 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4822 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4823 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4824 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4825 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4826 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4827 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4828 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4829 */
4830enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4831 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4832 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4833 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4834 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4835 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4836 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4837 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4838 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4839
4840 /* keep last */
4841 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4842 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4843};
4844
4845#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4846#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4847
4848/**
4849 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4850 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4851 */
4852struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4853 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4854};
4855
4856#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
4857/**
4858 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4859 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4860 */
4861struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4862 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4863};
4864
4865enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4866 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4867 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4868 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4869};
4870
4871/**
4872 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4873 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4874 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4875 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4876 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4877 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4878 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4879 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4880 */
4881enum nl80211_band {
4882 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4883 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4884 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4885 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4886 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
4887
4888 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4889};
4890
4891/**
4892 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4893 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4894 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4895 */
4896enum nl80211_ps_state {
4897 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4898 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4899};
4900
4901/**
4902 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4903 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4904 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4905 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4906 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4907 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4908 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4909 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4910 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4911 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4912 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4913 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4914 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4915 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4916 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4917 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4918 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4919 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4920 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4921 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4922 * checked.
4923 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4924 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4925 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4926 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4927 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4928 * loss event
4929 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4930 * RSSI threshold event.
4931 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4932 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4933 */
4934enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4935 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4936 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4937 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4938 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4939 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4940 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4941 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4942 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4943 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4944 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4945
4946 /* keep last */
4947 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4948 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4949};
4950
4951/**
4952 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4953 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4954 * configured threshold
4955 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4956 * configured threshold
4957 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4958 */
4959enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4960 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4961 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4962 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4963};
4964
4965
4966/**
4967 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4968 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4969 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4970 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4971 */
4972enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4973 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4974 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4975 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4976};
4977
4978/**
4979 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
4980 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
4981 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
4982 */
4983enum nl80211_tid_config {
4984 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
4985 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
4986};
4987
4988/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
4989 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
4990 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
4991 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
4992 */
4993enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
4994 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
4995 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
4996 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
4997};
4998
4999/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5000 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5001 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5002 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5003 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5004 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5005 * per peer instead.
5006 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5007 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5008 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5009 * should be left untouched.
5010 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5011 * Its type is u16.
5012 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5013 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5014 * Its type is u8.
5015 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5016 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5017 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5018 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5019 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5020 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5021 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5022 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5023 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5024 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5025 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5026 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5027 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5028 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5029 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5030 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5031 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5032 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5033 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5034 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5035 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5036 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5037 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5038 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5039 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5040 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5041 * station.
5042 */
5043enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5044 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5045 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5046 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5047 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5048 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5049 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5050 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5051 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5052 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5053 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5054 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5055 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5056 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5057 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5058
5059 /* keep last */
5060 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5061 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5062};
5063
5064/**
5065 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5066 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5067 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5068 * a zero bit are ignored
5069 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5070 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5071 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5072 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5073 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5074 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5075 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5076 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5077 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5078 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5079 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5080 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5081 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5082 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5083 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5084 */
5085enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5086 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5087 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5088 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5089 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5090
5091 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5092 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5093};
5094
5095/**
5096 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5097 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5098 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5099 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5100 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5101 *
5102 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5103 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5104 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5105 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5106 * by the kernel to userspace.
5107 */
5108struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5109 __u32 max_patterns;
5110 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5111 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5112 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5113} __attribute__((packed));
5114
5115/* only for backward compatibility */
5116#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5117#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5118#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5119#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5120#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5121#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5122#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5123
5124/**
5125 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5126 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5127 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5128 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5129 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5130 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5131 * any others are even supported by the device.
5132 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5133 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5134 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5135 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5136 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5137 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5138 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5139 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5140 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5141 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5142 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5143 *
5144 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5145 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5146 *
5147 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5148 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5149 * to the kernel when configuring.
5150 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5151 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5152 * by the device (flag)
5153 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5154 * done by the device) (flag)
5155 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5156 * packet (flag)
5157 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5158 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5159 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5160 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5161 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5162 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5163 * attribute contains the original length.
5164 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5165 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5166 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5167 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5168 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5169 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5170 * contains the original length.
5171 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5172 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5173 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5174 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5175 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5176 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5177 * the TCP connection.
5178 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5179 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5180 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5181 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5183 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5184 * service
5185 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5186 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5187 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5188 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5189 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5190 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5191 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5192 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5193 * supported by the driver (u32).
5194 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5195 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5196 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5197 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5198 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5199 * occurred.
5200 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5201 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5202 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5203 * these attributes must be present. If
5204 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5205 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5206 * channel.
5207 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5208 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5209 *
5210 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5211 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5212 */
5213enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5214 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5215 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5216 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5217 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5218 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5219 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5220 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5221 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5222 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5223 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5224 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5225 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5226 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5227 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5228 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5229 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5230 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5231 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5232 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5233 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5234
5235 /* keep last */
5236 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5237 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5238};
5239
5240/**
5241 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5242 *
5243 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5244 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5245 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5246 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5247 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5248 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5249 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5250 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5251 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5252 *
5253 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5254 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5255 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5256 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5257 * also woken up.
5258 *
5259 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5260 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5261 */
5262
5263/**
5264 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5265 * @start: starting value
5266 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5267 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5268 *
5269 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5270 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5271 * in little endian.
5272 */
5273struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5274 __u32 start, offset, len;
5275};
5276
5277/**
5278 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5279 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5280 * @len: length of each token
5281 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5282 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5283 */
5284struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5285 __u32 offset, len;
5286 __u8 token_stream[];
5287};
5288
5289/**
5290 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5291 * @min_len: minimum token length
5292 * @max_len: maximum token length
5293 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5294 */
5295struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5296 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5297};
5298
5299/**
5300 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5301 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5302 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5303 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5304 * (in network byte order)
5305 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5306 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5307 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5308 * might require ARP querying.
5309 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5310 * socket and port will be allocated
5311 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5312 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5313 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5314 * of the data payload.
5315 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5316 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5317 * advertising it is just a flag
5318 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5319 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5320 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5321 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5322 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5323 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5324 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5325 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5326 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5327 * but on the TCP payload only.
5328 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5329 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5330 */
5331enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5332 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5333 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5334 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5335 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5336 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5337 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5338 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5339 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5340 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5341 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5342 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5343 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5344
5345 /* keep last */
5346 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5347 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5348};
5349
5350/**
5351 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5352 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5353 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5354 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5355 *
5356 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5357 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5358 */
5359struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5360 __u32 max_rules;
5361 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5362 __u32 max_delay;
5363} __attribute__((packed));
5364
5365/**
5366 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5367 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5368 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5369 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5370 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5371 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5372 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5373 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5374 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5375 */
5376enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5377 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5378 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5379 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5380 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5381
5382 /* keep last */
5383 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5384 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5385};
5386
5387/**
5388 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5389 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5390 * in a rule are matched.
5391 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5392 * in a rule are not matched.
5393 */
5394enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5395 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5396 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5397};
5398
5399/**
5400 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5401 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5402 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5403 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5404 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5405 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5406 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5407 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5408 */
5409enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5410 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5411 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5412 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5413
5414 /* keep last */
5415 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5416 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5417};
5418
5419/**
5420 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5421 *
5422 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5423 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5424 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5425 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5426 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5427 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5428 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5429 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5430 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5431 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5432 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5433 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5434 * different channels may be used within this group.
5435 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5436 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5437 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5438 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5439 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5440 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5441 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5442 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5443 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5444 *
5445 * Examples:
5446 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5447 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5448 *
5449 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5450 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5451 *
5452 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5453 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5454 *
5455 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5456 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5457 *
5458 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5459 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5460 * that any of these groups must match.
5461 *
5462 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5463 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5464 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5465 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5466 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5467 */
5468enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5469 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5470 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5471 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5472 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5473 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5474 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5475 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5476 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5477
5478 /* keep last */
5479 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5480 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5481};
5482
5483
5484/**
5485 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5486 *
5487 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5488 * state of non existent mesh peer links
5489 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5490 * this mesh peer
5491 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5492 * from this mesh peer
5493 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5494 * received from this mesh peer
5495 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5496 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5497 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5498 * plink are discarded
5499 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5500 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5501 */
5502enum nl80211_plink_state {
5503 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5504 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5505 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5506 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5507 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5508 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5509 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5510
5511 /* keep last */
5512 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5513 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5514};
5515
5516/**
5517 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5518 *
5519 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5520 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5521 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5522 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5523 */
5524enum plink_actions {
5525 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5526 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5527 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5528
5529 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5530};
5531
5532
5533#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5534#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5535#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
5536#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
5537#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5538
5539/**
5540 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5541 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5542 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5543 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5544 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5545 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5546 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5547 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5548 */
5549enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5550 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5551 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5552 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5553 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5554 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5555
5556 /* keep last */
5557 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5558 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5559};
5560
5561/**
5562 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5563 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5564 * Beacon frames)
5565 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5566 * in Beacon frames
5567 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5568 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5569 */
5570enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5571 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5572 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5573 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5574};
5575
5576/**
5577 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5578 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5579 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5580 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5581 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5582 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5583 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5584 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5585 */
5586enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5587 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5588 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5589 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5590
5591 /* keep last */
5592 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5593 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5594};
5595
5596/**
5597 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5598 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5599 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5600 * priority)
5601 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5602 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5603 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5604 * (internal)
5605 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5606 * (internal)
5607 */
5608enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5609 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5610 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5611 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5612 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5613
5614 /* keep last */
5615 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5616 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5617};
5618
5619/**
5620 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5621 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5622 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5623 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5624 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5625 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5626 */
5627enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5628 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5629 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5630 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5631 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5632 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5633};
5634
5635/*
5636 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5637 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5638 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5639enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5640};
5641 */
5642
5643/**
5644 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5645 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5646 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5647 * socket option.
5648 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5649 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5650 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5651 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5652 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5653 * cellular base stations.
5654 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5655 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5656 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5657 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5658 * mode
5659 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5660 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5661 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5662 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5663 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5664 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5665 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5666 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5667 * setting
5668 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5669 * powersave
5670 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5671 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5672 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5673 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5674 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5675 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5676 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5677 * states using station flags.
5678 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5679 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5680 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5681 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5682 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5683 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5684 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5685 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5686 * still generated by the driver.
5687 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5688 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5689 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5690 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5691 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5692 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5693 * lifetime of a BSS.
5694 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5695 * Set IE to probe requests.
5696 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5697 * to probe requests.
5698 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5699 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5700 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5701 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5702 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5703 * Measurement Report action frame.
5704 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5705 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5706 * to enable dynack.
5707 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5708 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5709 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5710 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5711 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5712 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5713 * rts/cts handshake.
5714 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5715 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5716 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5717 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5718 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5719 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5720 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5721 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5722 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5723 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5724 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5725 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5726 * address mask/value will be used.
5727 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5728 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5729 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5730 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5731 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5732 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5733 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5734 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5735 */
5736enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5737 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5738 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5739 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5740 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5741 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5742 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5743 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5744 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5745 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5746 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5747 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5748 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5749 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5750 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5751 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5752 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5753 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5754 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5755 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5756 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5757 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5758 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5759 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5760 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5761 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5762 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5763 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5764 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5765 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5766 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5767 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5768 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
5769};
5770
5771/**
5772 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5773 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5774 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5775 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5776 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5777 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5778 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5779 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5780 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5781 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5782 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5783 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5784 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5785 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5786 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5787 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5788 * (if available).
5789 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5790 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5791 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5792 * (if available).
5793 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5794 * channel dwell time.
5795 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5796 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5797 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5798 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5799 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5800 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5801 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5802 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5803 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5804 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5805 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5806 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5807 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5808 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5809 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5810 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5811 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5812 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5813 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5814 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5815 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5816 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5817 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5818 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5819 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5820 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5821 * be supported.
5822 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5823 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5824 * actual dwell time.
5825 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5826 * response
5827 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5828 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5829 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5830 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5831 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5832 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5833 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5834 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5835 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5836 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5837 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5838 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5839 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5840 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5841 * "radar detected" event.
5842 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5843 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5844 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5845 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5846 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5847 * TXQs.
5848 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5849 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5850 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5851 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5852 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5853 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5854 * timing measurement responder role.
5855 *
5856 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5857 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5858 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5859 * freeze the connection.
5860 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5861 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5862 *
5863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5864 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5865 * scheduling.
5866 *
5867 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5868 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5869 *
5870 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5871 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5872 *
5873 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5874 * to a station.
5875 *
5876 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5877 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5878 *
5879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5880 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5881 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5882 *
5883 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5884 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5885 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5886 *
5887 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5888 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5889 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5890 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5891 *
5892 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5893 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5894 * handled as ordinary data frames.
5895 *
5896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
5897 *
5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
5899 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
5900 *
5901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
5902 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
5903 *
5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
5905 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
5906 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
5907 * included in the scan request.
5908 *
5909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
5910 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
5911 *
5912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
5913 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
5914 *
5915 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5916 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
5917 * command).
5918 *
5919 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
5920 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
5921 *
5922 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
5923 * frames transmission
5924 *
5925 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
5926 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
5927 *
5928 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
5929 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
5930 *
5931 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5932 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5933 */
5934enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5935 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5936 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5937 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5938 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5939 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5940 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5941 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5942 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5943 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5944 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5945 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5946 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5947 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5948 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5949 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5950 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5951 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5952 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5953 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5954 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5955 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5956 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5957 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5958 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5959 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5960 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5961 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5962 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5963 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5964 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5965 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5966 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5967 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5968 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5969 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5970 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5971 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5972 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5973 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5974 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5975 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5976 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
5977 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
5978 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
5979 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
5980 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
5981 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
5982 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
5983 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
5984 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
5985 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
5986 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
5987 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
5988 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
5989 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
5990 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5991 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
5992
5993 /* add new features before the definition below */
5994 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5995 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5996};
5997
5998/**
5999 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6000 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6001 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6002 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6003 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6004 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6005 * to the host.
6006 *
6007 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6008 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6009 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6010 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6011 */
6012enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6013 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6014 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6015 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6016 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6017};
6018
6019/**
6020 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6021 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6022 * handled by the AP is reached.
6023 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6024 */
6025enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6026 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6027 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6028};
6029
6030/**
6031 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6032 *
6033 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6034 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6035 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6036 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6037 */
6038enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6039 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6040 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6041 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6042 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6043};
6044
6045/**
6046 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6047 *
6048 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6049 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6050 * requests.
6051 *
6052 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6053 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6054 * one of them can be used in the request.
6055 *
6056 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6057 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6058 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6059 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6060 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6061 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6062 * when really needed
6063 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6064 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6065 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6067 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6068 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6069 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6070 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6071 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6072 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6073 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6074 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6075 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6076 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6077 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6078 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6079 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6080 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6081 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6082 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6083 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6084 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6085 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6086 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6087 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6088 * impacted with this flag.
6089 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6090 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6091 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6092 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6093 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6094 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6095 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6096 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6097 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6098 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6099 * possible.
6100 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6101 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6102 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6103 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6104 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6105 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6106 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6107 * 2.4/5 GHz APs
6108 */
6109enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6110 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6111 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6112 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6113 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6114 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6115 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6116 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6117 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6118 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6119 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6120 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6121 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6122 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6123 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6124 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6125};
6126
6127/**
6128 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6129 *
6130 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6131 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6132 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6133 *
6134 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6135 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6136 * in ACL to authenticate.
6137 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6138 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6139 */
6140enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6141 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6142 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6143};
6144
6145/**
6146 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6147 *
6148 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6149 *
6150 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6151 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6152 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6153 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6154 */
6155enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6156 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6157 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6158 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6159
6160 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6161 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6162};
6163
6164/**
6165 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6166 *
6167 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6168 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6169 *
6170 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6171 * now unusable.
6172 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6173 * the channel is now available.
6174 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6175 * change to the channel status.
6176 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6177 * over, channel becomes usable.
6178 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6179 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6180 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6181 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6182 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6183 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6184 */
6185enum nl80211_radar_event {
6186 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6187 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6188 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6189 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6190 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6191 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6192};
6193
6194/**
6195 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6196 *
6197 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6198 *
6199 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6200 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6201 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6202 * is therefore marked as not available.
6203 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6204 */
6205enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6206 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6207 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6208 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6209};
6210
6211/**
6212 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6213 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6214 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6215 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6216 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6217 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6218 */
6219enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6220 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6221};
6222
6223/**
6224 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6225 *
6226 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6227 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6228 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6229 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6230 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6231 */
6232enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6233 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6234 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6235 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6236 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6237 /* add other protocols before this one */
6238 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6239};
6240
6241/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6242#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6243
6244/**
6245 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6246 *
6247 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6248 *
6249 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6250 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6251 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6252 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6253 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6254 */
6255enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6256 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6257 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6258};
6259
6260/*
6261 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6262 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6263 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6264 */
6265#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6266
6267/**
6268 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6269 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6270 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6271 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6272 * added to this file when needed.
6273 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6274 */
6275struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6276 __u32 vendor_id;
6277 __u32 subcmd;
6278};
6279
6280/**
6281 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6282 *
6283 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6284 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6285 *
6286 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6287 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6288 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6289 */
6290enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6291 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6292 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6293 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6294};
6295
6296/**
6297 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6298 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6299 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6300 * seconds (u32).
6301 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6302 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6303 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6304 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6305 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6306 * currently defined
6307 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6308 */
6309enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6310 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6311 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6312 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6313
6314 /* keep last */
6315 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6316 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6317 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6318};
6319
6320/**
6321 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6322 *
6323 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6324 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6325 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6326 */
6327struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6328 __u8 band;
6329 __s8 delta;
6330} __attribute__((packed));
6331
6332/**
6333 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6334 *
6335 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6336 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6337 * is requested.
6338 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6339 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6340 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6341 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6342 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6343 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6344 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6345 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6346 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6347 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6348 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6349 *
6350 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6351 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6352 * which the driver shall use.
6353 */
6354enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6355 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6356 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6357 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6358 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6359
6360 /* keep last */
6361 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6362 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6363};
6364
6365/**
6366 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6367 *
6368 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6369 *
6370 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6371 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6372 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6373 */
6374enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6375 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6376 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6377 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6378
6379 /* keep last */
6380 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6381 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6382};
6383
6384/**
6385 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6386 *
6387 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6388 *
6389 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6390 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6391 */
6392enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6393 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6394 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6395};
6396
6397/**
6398 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6399 *
6400 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6401 *
6402 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6403 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6404 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6405 */
6406enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6407 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6408 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6409 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6410};
6411
6412#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6413#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6414#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6415
6416/**
6417 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6418 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6419 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6420 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6421 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6422 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6423 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6424 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6425 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6426 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6427 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6428 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6429 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6430 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6431 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6432 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6433 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6434 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6435 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6436 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6437 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6438 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6439 * This is a flag.
6440 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6441 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6442 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6443 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6444 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6445 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6446 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6447 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6448 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6449 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6450 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6451 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6452 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6453 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6454 *
6455 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6456 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6457 */
6458enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6459 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6460 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6461 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6462 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6463 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6464 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6465 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6466 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6467 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6468 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6469 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6470 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6471 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6472 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6473 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6474 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6475 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6476
6477 /* keep last */
6478 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6479 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6480};
6481
6482/**
6483 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6484 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6485 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6486 * This is a flag.
6487 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6488 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6489 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6490 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6491 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6492 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6493 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6494 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6495 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6496 */
6497enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6498 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6499 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6500 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6501 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6502 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6503
6504 /* keep last */
6505 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6506 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6507};
6508
6509/**
6510 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6511 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6512 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6513 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6514 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6515 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6516 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6517 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6518 *
6519 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6520 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6521 */
6522enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6523 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6524 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6525 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6526
6527 /* keep last */
6528 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6529 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6530};
6531
6532/**
6533 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6534 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6535 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6536 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6537 */
6538enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6539 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6540 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6541};
6542
6543/**
6544 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6545 * responder attributes
6546 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6547 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6548 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6549 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6550 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6551 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6552 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6553 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6554 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6555 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6556 */
6557enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6558 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6559
6560 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6561 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6562 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6563
6564 /* keep last */
6565 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6566 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6567};
6568
6569/*
6570 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6571 *
6572 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6573 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6574 *
6575 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6576 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6577 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6578 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6579 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6580 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6581 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6582 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6583 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6584 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6585 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6586 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6587 * phase with the responder (u32)
6588 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6589 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6590 * FTM slot (u32)
6591 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6592 * scheduled window (u32)
6593 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6594 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6595 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6596 */
6597enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6598 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6599 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6600 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6601 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6602 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6603 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6604 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6605 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6606 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6607 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6608 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6609
6610 /* keep last */
6611 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6612 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6613};
6614
6615/**
6616 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6617 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6618 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6619 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6620 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6621 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6622 */
6623enum nl80211_preamble {
6624 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6625 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6626 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6627 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6628 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6629};
6630
6631/**
6632 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6633 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6634 * these numbers also for attributes
6635 *
6636 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6637 *
6638 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6639 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6640 */
6641enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6642 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6643
6644 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6645
6646 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6647 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6648};
6649
6650/**
6651 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6652 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6653 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6654 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6655 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6656 * reason may be available in the response data
6657 */
6658enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6659 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6660 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6661 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6662 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6663};
6664
6665/**
6666 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6667 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6668 *
6669 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6670 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6671 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6672 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6673 * (flag attribute)
6674 *
6675 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6676 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6677 */
6678enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6679 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6680
6681 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6682 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6683
6684 /* keep last */
6685 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6686 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6687};
6688
6689/**
6690 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6691 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6692 *
6693 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6694 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6695 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6696 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6697 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6698 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6699 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6700 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6701 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6702 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6703 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6704 * (u64, usec)
6705 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6706 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6707 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6708 * result.
6709 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6710 *
6711 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6712 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6713 */
6714enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6715 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6716
6717 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6718 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6719 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6720 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6721 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6722 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6723
6724 /* keep last */
6725 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6726 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6727};
6728
6729/**
6730 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6731 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6732 *
6733 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6734 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6735 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6736 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6737 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6738 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6739 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6740 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6741 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6742 *
6743 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6744 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6745 */
6746enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6747 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6748
6749 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6750 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6751 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6752 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6753
6754 /* keep last */
6755 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6756 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6757};
6758
6759/**
6760 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6761 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6762 *
6763 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6764 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6765 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6767 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6768 * measurement results
6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6770 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6771 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6772 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6773 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6774 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6775 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6776 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6777 * sub-attributes taken from
6778 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6779 *
6780 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6781 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6782 */
6783enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6784 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6785
6786 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6787 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6788 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6789 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6790 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6791
6792 /* keep last */
6793 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6794 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6795};
6796
6797/**
6798 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6799 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6800 *
6801 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6802 * is supported
6803 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6804 * mode is supported
6805 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6806 * data can be requested during the measurement
6807 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6808 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6809 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6810 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6811 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6812 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6813 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6814 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6815 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6816 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6817 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6818 * is valid)
6819 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6820 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6821 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6822 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6823 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6824 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6825 *
6826 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6827 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6828 */
6829enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6830 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6831
6832 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6833 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6834 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6835 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6836 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6837 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6838 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6839 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6840 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6841 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6842
6843 /* keep last */
6844 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6845 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6846};
6847
6848/**
6849 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6850 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6851 *
6852 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6853 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6854 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6855 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6856 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6857 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6858 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6859 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6860 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6861 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6862 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6863 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6864 * requested per burst
6865 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6866 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6867 * (u8, default 3)
6868 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6869 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6870 * (flag)
6871 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
6872 * measurement (flag).
6873 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
6874 * mutually exclusive.
6875 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6876 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6877 * ranging will be used.
6878 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
6879 * ranging measurement (flag)
6880 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
6881 * mutually exclusive.
6882 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
6883 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
6884 * ranging will be used.
6885 *
6886 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6887 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6888 */
6889enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6890 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6891
6892 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6893 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6894 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6895 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6896 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6897 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6898 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6899 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6900 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6901 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6902 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6903
6904 /* keep last */
6905 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6906 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6907};
6908
6909/**
6910 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6911 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6912 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6913 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6914 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6915 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6916 * try and get no response)
6917 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6918 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6919 * received
6920 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6921 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6923 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6924 */
6925enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6926 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6927 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6928 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6929 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6930 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6931 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6932 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6933 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6934};
6935
6936/**
6937 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6938 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6939 *
6940 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6941 * (u32, optional)
6942 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6943 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6944 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6945 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6946 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6947 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6948 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6949 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6950 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6952 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6953 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6954 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6955 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6956 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6957 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6958 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6959 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6960 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6961 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6962 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6963 * attributes)
6964 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6965 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6967 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6968 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6969 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6970 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6971 * optional)
6972 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6973 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6974 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6975 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6976 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6977 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6978 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6979 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6980 * Type 8.
6981 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6982 * (binary, optional);
6983 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6984 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6985 * Type 11.
6986 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6987 *
6988 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6989 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6990 */
6991enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6992 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6993
6994 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6995 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6996 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6997 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6998 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6999 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7000 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7001 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7002 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7003 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7004 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7005 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7006 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7007 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7008 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7009 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7010 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7011 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7012 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7013 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7014 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7015
7016 /* keep last */
7017 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7018 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7019};
7020
7021/**
7022 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7023 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7024 *
7025 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7026 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7027 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7028 * tx power offset.
7029 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7030 * values used by members of the SRG.
7031 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7032 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7033 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7034 *
7035 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7036 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7037 */
7038enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7039 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7040
7041 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7042 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7043 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7044 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7045 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7046 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7047
7048 /* keep last */
7049 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7050 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7051};
7052
7053/**
7054 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7055 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7056 *
7057 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7058 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7059 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7060 *
7061 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7062 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7063 */
7064enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7065 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7066
7067 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7068 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7069 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7070
7071 /* keep last */
7072 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7073 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7074};
7075
7076/**
7077 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7078 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7079 *
7080 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7081 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7082 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7083 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7084 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7085 *
7086 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7087 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7088 */
7089enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7090 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7091
7092 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7093 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7094
7095 /* keep last */
7096 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7097 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7098};
7099
7100/**
7101 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7102 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7103 *
7104 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7105 *
7106 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7107 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7108 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7109 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7110 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7111 * frame including the headers.
7112 *
7113 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7114 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7115 */
7116enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7117 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7118
7119 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7120 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7121 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7122
7123 /* keep last */
7124 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7125 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7126};
7127
7128/*
7129 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7130 * mandatory fields.
7131 */
7132#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7133
7134/**
7135 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7136 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7137 *
7138 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7139 *
7140 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7141 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7142 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7143 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7144 * frame template (binary).
7145 *
7146 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7147 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7148 */
7149enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7150 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7151
7152 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7153 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7154
7155 /* keep last */
7156 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7157 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7158 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7159};
7160
7161/**
7162 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7163 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7164 * used.
7165 *
7166 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7167 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7168 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7169 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7170 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7171 * can be used.
7172 */
7173enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7174 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7175 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7176 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7177 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7178};
7179
7180/**
7181 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7182 *
7183 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7184 *
7185 */
7186enum nl80211_sar_type {
7187 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7188
7189 /* add new type here */
7190
7191 /* Keep last */
7192 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7193};
7194
7195/**
7196 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7197 *
7198 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7199 *
7200 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7201 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7202 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7203 *
7204 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7205 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7206 *
7207 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7208 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7209 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7210 *
7211 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7212 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7213 *
7214 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7215 */
7216enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7217 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7218
7219 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7220 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7221
7222 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7223 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7224};
7225
7226/**
7227 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7228 *
7229 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7230 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7231 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7232 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7233 *
7234 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7235 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7236 * is applied to this range.
7237 *
7238 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7239 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7240 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7241 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7242 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7243 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7244 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7245 *
7246 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7247 *
7248 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7249 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7250 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7251 *
7252 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7253 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7254 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7255 *
7256 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7257 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7258 */
7259enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7260 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7261
7262 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7263 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7264 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7265 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7266
7267 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7268 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7269};
7270
7271#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */